All india radio,alwar

64
ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING &TECHNOLOGY A TRAINING REPORT ON ALL INDIA RADIO “PRASAR BHARTI” Submitted by- Submitted to- Govil Sharma Sanjay kumar singh 7 th Sem E.C.E. E.C.E. Department ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY, ALWAR 1

description

summer training report

Transcript of All india radio,alwar

Page 1: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

A

TRAINING REPORT

ON

ALL INDIA RADIO ldquoPRASAR BHARTIrdquo

Submitted by- Submitted to-

Govil Sharma Sanjay kumar singh

7th Sem ECE ECE Department

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING amp TECHNOLOGY ALWAR

Session 2013-14

1

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CERETIFICATE

This is to certify that the project report entitled ldquo_ALL INDIA

RADIOrdquo submitted by Govil Sharma under my supervision is

students own work and has not been submitted elsewhere for the

award of any degree to the best of my knowledge amp belief

Amrinder B Singh

HOD

Electronics amp communication

2

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This report is outcome of On the Practical training which I received at Prasar Bharti

Akashvani Shimla (HP) It includes the organizational Structure Procedure function amp

performance of the station

First of all I would like to express deep sense of gratitude towards MrISRANI

(SE) (engineering head)) who permitted us to undergo training in the Prasar Bharti

Akashvani (BC) Alwar I would like to express my special thanks to Mr BL MEENA

(AE (training coordinator)) who prepared our training schedule amphelped us to complete

our training

I would also like to express my thanks to Mr PRAVENDRA SINGH (training

incharge) to give me full support to prepare this report also thanks to Mr MUKESH

KUMAR gupta for guiding me

Regarded

Govil Sharma

Electronics amp Communication Engineering

4th Year7th Sem

3

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ABSTRACT

The first license granted for transmitting a broadcast was given on February 23 1922

The Radio Club of Calcutta was the first radio club to start functioning in Nov-

1924The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State Broadcasting

Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June 1936

AIR today has a network of 232 broadcasting centres with 149 medium

frequency(MW) 54 high frequency (SW) and 171 FM transmittersThe coverage is

9179 of the area serving 9914 of the peopleC The introduction of the

commercial channel lsquoVividh Bhartirsquo in October 1957 increased the interest and

popularity of radio The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State

Broadcasting Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June

1933

4

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTRODUCTION

bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with

frequencies below those of visible light

bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication

bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national

service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation

of India

1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9

INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9

2 STUDIO 10-17

INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17

3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23

LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20

5

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23

4 TRANSMITTER 24-43

INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42

CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47

6

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

7

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONTROL ROOM-

Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control

room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this

control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter

bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place

connected with all the other segments of broadcast

bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From

here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of

changes take place when one speaks through a microphone

You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded

bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these

waves to the transmitter

bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into

sounds There is no time gap in the whole process

8

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 2: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CERETIFICATE

This is to certify that the project report entitled ldquo_ALL INDIA

RADIOrdquo submitted by Govil Sharma under my supervision is

students own work and has not been submitted elsewhere for the

award of any degree to the best of my knowledge amp belief

Amrinder B Singh

HOD

Electronics amp communication

2

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This report is outcome of On the Practical training which I received at Prasar Bharti

Akashvani Shimla (HP) It includes the organizational Structure Procedure function amp

performance of the station

First of all I would like to express deep sense of gratitude towards MrISRANI

(SE) (engineering head)) who permitted us to undergo training in the Prasar Bharti

Akashvani (BC) Alwar I would like to express my special thanks to Mr BL MEENA

(AE (training coordinator)) who prepared our training schedule amphelped us to complete

our training

I would also like to express my thanks to Mr PRAVENDRA SINGH (training

incharge) to give me full support to prepare this report also thanks to Mr MUKESH

KUMAR gupta for guiding me

Regarded

Govil Sharma

Electronics amp Communication Engineering

4th Year7th Sem

3

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ABSTRACT

The first license granted for transmitting a broadcast was given on February 23 1922

The Radio Club of Calcutta was the first radio club to start functioning in Nov-

1924The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State Broadcasting

Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June 1936

AIR today has a network of 232 broadcasting centres with 149 medium

frequency(MW) 54 high frequency (SW) and 171 FM transmittersThe coverage is

9179 of the area serving 9914 of the peopleC The introduction of the

commercial channel lsquoVividh Bhartirsquo in October 1957 increased the interest and

popularity of radio The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State

Broadcasting Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June

1933

4

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTRODUCTION

bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with

frequencies below those of visible light

bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication

bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national

service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation

of India

1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9

INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9

2 STUDIO 10-17

INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17

3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23

LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20

5

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23

4 TRANSMITTER 24-43

INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42

CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47

6

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

7

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONTROL ROOM-

Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control

room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this

control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter

bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place

connected with all the other segments of broadcast

bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From

here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of

changes take place when one speaks through a microphone

You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded

bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these

waves to the transmitter

bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into

sounds There is no time gap in the whole process

8

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 3: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This report is outcome of On the Practical training which I received at Prasar Bharti

Akashvani Shimla (HP) It includes the organizational Structure Procedure function amp

performance of the station

First of all I would like to express deep sense of gratitude towards MrISRANI

(SE) (engineering head)) who permitted us to undergo training in the Prasar Bharti

Akashvani (BC) Alwar I would like to express my special thanks to Mr BL MEENA

(AE (training coordinator)) who prepared our training schedule amphelped us to complete

our training

I would also like to express my thanks to Mr PRAVENDRA SINGH (training

incharge) to give me full support to prepare this report also thanks to Mr MUKESH

KUMAR gupta for guiding me

Regarded

Govil Sharma

Electronics amp Communication Engineering

4th Year7th Sem

3

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ABSTRACT

The first license granted for transmitting a broadcast was given on February 23 1922

The Radio Club of Calcutta was the first radio club to start functioning in Nov-

1924The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State Broadcasting

Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June 1936

AIR today has a network of 232 broadcasting centres with 149 medium

frequency(MW) 54 high frequency (SW) and 171 FM transmittersThe coverage is

9179 of the area serving 9914 of the peopleC The introduction of the

commercial channel lsquoVividh Bhartirsquo in October 1957 increased the interest and

popularity of radio The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State

Broadcasting Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June

1933

4

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTRODUCTION

bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with

frequencies below those of visible light

bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication

bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national

service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation

of India

1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9

INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9

2 STUDIO 10-17

INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17

3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23

LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20

5

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23

4 TRANSMITTER 24-43

INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42

CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47

6

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

7

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONTROL ROOM-

Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control

room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this

control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter

bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place

connected with all the other segments of broadcast

bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From

here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of

changes take place when one speaks through a microphone

You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded

bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these

waves to the transmitter

bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into

sounds There is no time gap in the whole process

8

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 4: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ABSTRACT

The first license granted for transmitting a broadcast was given on February 23 1922

The Radio Club of Calcutta was the first radio club to start functioning in Nov-

1924The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State Broadcasting

Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June 1936

AIR today has a network of 232 broadcasting centres with 149 medium

frequency(MW) 54 high frequency (SW) and 171 FM transmittersThe coverage is

9179 of the area serving 9914 of the peopleC The introduction of the

commercial channel lsquoVividh Bhartirsquo in October 1957 increased the interest and

popularity of radio The Government run broadcasting set up was called the India State

Broadcasting Service (ISBS) which is then turned into AIR (All India Radio) in June

1933

4

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTRODUCTION

bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with

frequencies below those of visible light

bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication

bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national

service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation

of India

1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9

INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9

2 STUDIO 10-17

INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17

3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23

LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20

5

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23

4 TRANSMITTER 24-43

INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42

CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47

6

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

7

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONTROL ROOM-

Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control

room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this

control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter

bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place

connected with all the other segments of broadcast

bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From

here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of

changes take place when one speaks through a microphone

You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded

bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these

waves to the transmitter

bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into

sounds There is no time gap in the whole process

8

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 5: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTRODUCTION

bull Radio is the transmission of signals by modulation of electromagnetic waves with

frequencies below those of visible light

bull Radio is based on wireless communication or setellite communication

bull In this era of technology due to need of wireless communication A national

service was planned and developed by the Prasar Bharati Broadcasting Corporation

of India

1 CONTROL ROOM 2-9

INTRODUCTION-------------------------------------------- 3-4 CONSOL BOARD--------------------------------- 4-7 REECIVERS---------------------------------------------- 8 ACTION AREA--------------------------- 8-9

2 STUDIO 10-17

INTRODUCTION ----------------------------------------------- 11-12 MICROPHONE RECORDING------------------------------ 12-13 HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOLE----------------------------- 13-16 TRANSMISION------------------------------------------- 17

3 BROADCAST SECTION 18-23

LIVE BROADCASTING--------------------- 19-20

5

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23

4 TRANSMITTER 24-43

INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42

CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47

6

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

7

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONTROL ROOM-

Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control

room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this

control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter

bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place

connected with all the other segments of broadcast

bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From

here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of

changes take place when one speaks through a microphone

You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded

bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these

waves to the transmitter

bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into

sounds There is no time gap in the whole process

8

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 6: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISION --------------------- 20-21 ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAM-------------- 21-23

4 TRANSMITTER 24-43

INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------- 25 PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF 10 KW TV TRANSMITTER ------- 25-26 GENERAL TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ------------------------- 26 TRANSMITTER BLOCK DIAGRAM ---------------- 27-31 AMPLIFIERS---------------------------------- 32 EXCITERS------------------------------------------ 32-35 MODULATION amp DEMODULATION--------------------- 35-39 ANTENNA-------------------------------------- 39-40 POWER SUPPLY --------- 41-42

CONCLUSION--------------------------------------- 47

6

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

7

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONTROL ROOM-

Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control

room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this

control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter

bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place

connected with all the other segments of broadcast

bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From

here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of

changes take place when one speaks through a microphone

You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded

bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these

waves to the transmitter

bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into

sounds There is no time gap in the whole process

8

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 7: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

7

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONTROL ROOM-

Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control

room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this

control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter

bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place

connected with all the other segments of broadcast

bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From

here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of

changes take place when one speaks through a microphone

You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded

bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these

waves to the transmitter

bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into

sounds There is no time gap in the whole process

8

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 8: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONTROL ROOM-

Now let us move to the main technical area of the radio station which is often called a control

room Whatever is spoken in the studio or played from a CD player or computer is sent to this

control room All the programmes are sent from here to the transmitter

bull The control room occupies an important place in the radio broadcast It is the place

connected with all the other segments of broadcast

bull Whatever the speakerannouncer speaks from the studio it reaches the control room From

here they are sent to the transmitter for its onward transmission to the listeners A lot of

changes take place when one speaks through a microphone

You may have noticed that your voice sounds different when it is recorded

bull In the control room technical people control the whole process and immediately send these

waves to the transmitter

bull The transmitter sends these sound waves to the listenersrsquo radio sets which convert them into

sounds There is no time gap in the whole process

8

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 9: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

bull Transmitters are generally located outside the city boundries

bull The transmitters are of different capacities such as 1 KW to 100 KW 200 KW or 250 KW

or above

bull Their locations are decided according to their capacity

bull A 1 KW transmitter is normally installed in the vicinity of the studio control room whereas

the high power transmitters are installed outside the city

9

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 10: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CONSOL BOARD -

The SW1 and SW2 switch banks are incredibly versatile and allow the announcer to access

several types of audio By accessing the corresponding button to the desired audio then

putting the correct pot into ldquoPGMrdquohellipshort for program and raising the volume slider

several different audio sources can be accessed through these two switch banks

The VU METERS monitor audio output levels If the meters are staying ldquoin the redrdquo the

music is too ldquohotrdquo If the meters are pulled down toward the left you are ldquoin the mudrdquo and

the levels are too low Keep the frequencies in the middle between 80-100 This is

referred to as ldquoTHE SWEET SPOTrdquo

10

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 11: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Studio a features five separate headphone and microphone elocations The headphone jacks

have separate level adjustments (including volume bass and treble) via the Behringer head-

phone amplifier NOTE Headphone stations 1 thru 3 have their own individual controls and

stations 4 amp 5are wired together and controlled by Channel 4 on the amplifier

11

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 12: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

12

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 13: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

13

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 14: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO RECEIVER-

Each radio receiver must have a reception antenna It is an electrical conductor where

voltages of various frequencies and amplitudes are being induced under the influence of

electromagnetic fields from various radio transmitters Besides these voltages those induced

by EM fields that are created by various disturbance sources (such as electrical motors

various household appliances spark-plugs of an automobile and all other devices where

electrical current is being switched onoff during work) are also present in the antenna as

well as those from fields originating from outer space or the Earthrsquos atmosphere Basic roles

that a radio receiver has are

ACTION AREA-

This is the where all control action are done all staf of the station are presented here this

members are do his working properly They arehellip

Station Director

The Station Director is in charge of the radio station and also the head of the programme

wing In some stations they are called managers

Station Engineer

The Station Engineer heads the engineering wing and is responsible for all the technical work

at the radio station

14

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 15: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In addition there is a group of technicians and engineers working quietly behind the scene

They operate and maintain broadcast equipment and oversee the control room They are

responsible for the technical quality of the broadcasts

Programme personnel

These are persons who are engaged in planning production preparation and presentation of

radio programmes They are known as progamme executives or producers They are part of

the pogramme broadcast process

Transmission staff

Persons who are responsible for a smooth and trouble free transmission process are known as

transmission executives

15

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 16: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

16

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 17: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

INTERODUCTION-

A studio is an acoustically treated compact anechoic room It is suitably furnished and

equipped

The selection and placement of microphones can have a major influence on the sound

of an acoustic recording It is a common view in the recording industry that the music

played by a skilled musician with a quality instrument properly miked can be sent

directly to the recorder with little or no modification This simple approach can often

sound better than an instrument that has been reshaped by amultitude of signal

processing gear

17

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 18: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MICROPHONE RECORDING-

1) Use a microphone with a frequency response that issuited to the frequency range of the

sound if possible or filter out frequencies above andor belowthe highest and lowest

frequencies of the sound

2) Place the microphone at various distances and positions until you find a spot where you

hear from thestudio monitors the desired tonal balance and thedesired amount of room

acoustics If you donrsquot like ittry another position try another microphone tryisolating the

instrument further or change the soundof the instrument itself For example replacing

wornout strings will change the sound of a guitar

The Arrakis board is a digitalanalog board giving the user access to12 channels of digital

capability and 20 analog

NOTE Even though there 32 input channels only 12 can be accessed at the same time

18

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 19: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

CHANNELS 1-5 MICS

(Pot 5 doubles as CD 1 and MIC 5)

CHANNELS 5mdash7 CD PLAYER

CHANNELS 8mdash10 SS1 SS2 amp HK

(Scott Studio Pot 1 2 amp Hot

Keys)

CHANNELS 11-12 SW1 amp SW2

(Switch bank of buttons)

HDBS amp PHONE IN CONSOL-

The GENTNER FEED UNIT is specifically designed to receive LIVE phone calls via the

phone line and converts the phone signal to be used over the air

This facility is provided so that if correspondent want to give any information in the form of only audio

19

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 20: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are two major parts to the GETNER PHONE SYSTEM

1 THE MASTER UNIT (pictured below)

2 THE TELESWITCH LINE CONTROL CONSOLE (pictured below)

RSU Radio has four editing computers open to students either enrolled in the audio classes

andor those who have already passed the classes or work at the station

20

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 21: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Editing is meant to edit or to produce the final program after modifications In CPS editing plays an important role We need editing to cut clip from a complete program to use that in news section Letrsquos assume a programme held in USA which we received through IRDs in feed room and have its complete recording in video cassettes and now we want to show 1 3-minute of this 2-hour program in NewsThen the process that wills produce this 3-minute clip from 2-hours program will be called editingEditing can be of two types Linear Editing and Non Linear Editing

Linear Editing

In linear editing we view the complete program through some playing equipments and then cut desired part of program and then record that in a special type of cassette through any recording equipment and then send it to News control room where these are used at the time of News broadcasting This is about linear editing

Non-Linear Editing

When we use the term NLE we mean editing video from your hard drive NLE requires two things editing software and a video capture card to gets the video into your computer Once the video clip are digitized and on your hard drive they can be assembled in any order with the drag of a mouse much like moving around sentences in a word processing program

Non linear editing software is timeline based You start by selecting the in and out points of your scene Remember that since everything is digital we can get frame accurate edit points every time Each scene is then placed on the timeline You can lay down more than one track of video and audio onto your timeline If you want to set your video to music you start by placing the captured sound file onto the timeline Next you select and arrange all of your video scenes You can move scenes and clips around in your video just by dragging them with your mouse It really is that easy

21

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 22: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In the waveform display drag to select the range of audio you want to remove Then choose

EditgtDelete Selection Or you can select the segment of audio you want to keep and choose

EditgtTrim

For removeing the unwanted part of recording-

22

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 23: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMISSION UNIT-

The transmitter remote control unit is a very important piece of equipment in the radio

station It is responsible for keeping the station on the air The WVRC-8 system unit controls

and monitors the large transmitter housed in a secured building near the tower on campus

The WVRC-8 transmitter remote is equipped with eight separate channels that offer lowering

or raising functions

Transmitter readings should be monitored and taken from the computer to the left of

the console

23

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 24: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

24

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 25: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO BROADCASTING-

What is broadcasting-

The process of sending information to a distant place is called broadcasting

Need-

We can not send information to a distant place with good quality of intelligence

Means of broadcasting-

1 Terrestrial

2 Satellite

3 Internet

1 Terrestrial (line of sight) -

HPT (High Power Transmitter) gt 1 kW

LPT (Low Power Transmitter) gt 100 W

VLPT (Very Low Power Transmitter) = 10 W

2 Satellite - In this signal is transmitted to satellite which is at 36000 KM from earth

HISTORY-

The birth of broadcasting in India has started on an experimental basis in the year

1921when times of India in collaboration with P amp T department broadcasts a musical

programme

In the year 1930 radio broadcasting started operating under the Indian broadcasting

company

The government took over the charge of broadcasting in March 1935

A separate office of the controller of broadcasting was created

The landmark in the history of broadcasting is the change of the name of the Indian

broadcasting to air in 1936 and in the same year Delhi station was formed

From 1936 onwards the development of air was very slow nine stations were opened up in

different places like Delhi Calcutta Bombay Madras Lucknow and Tiruchi

From 1956 on wards air was popularly known as AKASHWANI

On 12th November 1947 the voice of Gandhi ji was broadcasted in air and since then it is

celebrated as broadcasting day

25

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 26: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AIR and DOORDARSHAN aims to provide information education and entertainment for

the public

Television (Doordarshan) started in India in the year 1959 with black and white

transmission

The black amp white transmission was converted fully into color in 1982 during Asian

games

Radio broadcasting while essentially primarily European at its origin has encountered

exceptionally favourable to conditions in Senegal and has thus become established over

time as not only the most popular means of communication and of disseminating

information

Broadcasting consol with transmission-

26

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 27: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

SPECIFICATIONS OF 10KW BROADCAST POWER MONITOR (THROUGH LINE POWER METER)

1 Introduction

11 Broadcast Power Monitor UHF Band IVV with 3 ⅛rdquo EIA unflanged line section

and suitable elements for measurement of Max Forward power of 5 kW and reflected

power of 05 KW VSWR Return Loss etc

12 Ethernet amp RS 232 enabled- Remote monitoring control amp instant alarm alert with 50

feet of cable to connect RS 232 and serial port between monitoring unit and line section

and serial interface cable

13 Data logging capabilities ndash System trends and anomalies before failure

14 Integral RF Test Port facility

15 Frequency Channel field configurable

Entertainment Programs for broadcasting-

VIVIDH BHARATI-

The entertainment channel of AIR Vividh Bharati service was started in October 1957

with popular film music as its main ingredient It started accepting commercials from

November 1967 Vividh Bharati Service provides entertainment for 15 hours a day Nearly

85 percent of programming is based on music with film music topping the chart Classical

folk light and devotional music are also broadcast

Or other entertainment channel of AIR are jai jawan- jai kisanaaj ke fankaar bhoole bisre

geethello farmaish etc

27

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 28: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

RADIO KISAN DIWAS ndash

All India Radio observed 15th February as ldquoKISAN DIVASrdquo from its 96 Kisanvani broadcasting stations Special programmes were broadcast on the occasion by these stations

Farm amp Home Broadcasts

The commitment of All India Radio to the rural audience dates back to more than 50 years All stations of All India Radio broadcast Farm amp Home programmes directed at rural audience In fact special programmes have been designed to cater to the day-to-day seasonal needs of the farming community

MANAGE TRAINING

Two Trainings and one Review workshop were organized by MANAGE Hyderabad Almost 40 Farm and Home Programme Producers were trained in these Workshops

ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

Keeping in view the importance of the subject all the AIR stations are broadcasting daily programmes on Environment for 5 to 7 minutes duration and weekly programmes of longer duration for more than a decade The importance of protecting environment is being discussed in our other programmes ie health women rural women youth amp children programmes also for making people aware of this serious issue The AIR stations are broadcasting programmes on the subject on the basis of instructions and guidelines issued by the Directorate In order to inform and educate the listeners

28

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 29: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

29

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 30: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

30

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 31: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

TRANSMITTER-

ndash A transmitter is the equipment through which we receive the radio broadcast on our sets

ndash This is big equipment in comparison to other equipment installed in the studio or control

room

ndash The strength and type of the transmitter determines the coverage area of broadcast

ndash There are two types of transmitters

1048698 Low Power Transmitter (LPT) and 1048698 High Power Transmitter (HPT)

ndash Likewise there are

1048698 Medium Wave (MW) radio broadcast transmitters and 1048698 Short Wave (SW) radio broadcast transmitters

The transmitter that generates the RF1 power to drive the antenna is usuallylocated at some

distance from the antenna terminals The connecting linkbetween the two is the RF

transmission

FEATURES-

Up to 20kW transmitter output power per 19rdquo standard rack

Fully digital exciter with digital input via AESEBU or optional analog inputs

Direct Digital Synthesis (DDS)

Integrated stereo encoder with deviation limiter

High internal redundancy even in 25kW version dual redundant 24V power supply

Amplifier modules are hot-pluggable only 25mW input power per module

Each amplifier module includes its own primary power supply unit

1048707 Low output transistor junction temperatures for a high MTBF

31

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 32: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Easy handling for comfortable replacement each amplifier module weighs about 15kg

Multi-Transmitter-Option offers n+1 solutions in one 19rdquo rack

Integrated air-cooling up to 10kW per 19rdquo rack

Support of future proof function for SFN (Single and audio networks)

32

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 33: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

33

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 34: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

34

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 35: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

35

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 36: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The 10kW VHFFM Transmitter T3403 is designed for frequency modulated broadcast

mono or stereo in the frequency range of 875 to 108 MHz The integrated digital exciter

offers fully digital design and digital inputs via AESEBU The high-power VHFFM

transmitter familiy includes the power classes of 25kW 5kW 10kW and 20Kw

36

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 37: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

37

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 38: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

AMPLIFIERS-

As mentioned earlier antennas do not actually create power They simplydirect all available

power into a particular pattern By using a power amplifier you can use DC power to

augment your available signal An amplifier connects between the radio transmitter and the

antenna and has an additional

Lead that connects to a power source Amplifiers are available that work at 241048707GHz and

can add several Watts of power to your transmission These devices sense when an attached

radio is transmitting and quickly power up and amplify the signal They then switch off

again when transmission ends When receiving they also add amplification to the signal

before sending it to the radio

Unfortunately simply adding amplifiers will not magically solve all of your networking

problems We do not discuss power amplifiers at length in this book because there are a

number of significant drawbacks to using them

bull They are expensive Amplifiers must work at relatively wide bandwidths at241048707 GHz

and must switch quickly enough to work for Wi-Fi applications

EXCITERS -

a) DPDG Corrector

This unit is used for pre-correcting the differential gain of the final output of the

transmitter The pre-correction is achieved by introducing nonlinearity introduced in

opposite tot hat of non-linearity existing in the demodulated video from the 1 Kilo watt

output stays

38

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 39: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

b) Low Pass Filter

The Low Pass filter unit cuts off the video frequencies beyond 5 MHz so that video

information beyond 5 MHz does not interfere with the sound signal which will be appearing

as frequency modulated signal at 55 MHz and around in the RF spectrum The resultant

group delay is corrected in a delay equalizer circuit in this unit to preserve video

characteristics

c) Delay Equalizer

This unit comprises of two sections namely the receiver pre-corrector and

transmitter delay corrector section The former the later or both or none can be brought

into the line up by selection on the front panel The receiver pre-corrector required for

achieving a god video wave form at the domestic receivers where in delays are

introduced

39

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 40: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

e) IF Oscillator

This unit generates using a crystal oscillator the visual I frequency of 389 MHz

Four outputs are available in this unit of these four outputs are the first one goes to the

Visual Modulator Unit second one is used for monitoring third one is taken to the Local

Oscillator and the fourth one to the Aural Modulator Unit

f) Local Oscillator Unit-

This unit generates the visual oscillator frequency (fc + 389 MHz) of the required

channel The basic oscillator is crystal oscillator at fc4 frequency The crystal is housed

iproportionately controlled over to maintain frequency stability

40

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 41: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

MODULATION amp DEMODULATION-

Modulatin is the process in which low or weak signasl are superimpose with high frequency

signals this process is called modulation

Modulation are three types---

1 Amplitude modulation

2 Frequency modulation

3 Phase modulation

41

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 42: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

In radio transmission frequency modulation is used for better performanceIn frequency

modulation frequency does not overlap to onather frequencies but in amplitude

modulation frequency are easily can read soo it is not security

FREQUENCY MODULATION-

In frequency modulation frequency of the modulated signal is varied according to the

carrier wavethis is called frequency modulation

Whereas in AM the amplitude of a sinusoidal function is varied with time to include

information of a message signal in FM

and PM (phase modulation) we vary the phase with time A pair of sinusoidal functions used

in baseband modulation of which only the phase varies with time can be expressed as

Acos(ϕ (t)) Asin(ϕ (t)) At any point in time ϕ (t) has a certain value and is therefore

referred to as the instantaneous phase

42

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 43: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

The rate of change of the instantaneous phase is indicated with the instantaneous frequency

In FM this instantaneous frequency is varied with the message signal

DEMODULATION-

Modulation consists of on-off keying of a carrier wave To recover on-off keyed information

we need a method of detecting the presence or absence of rf oscillations The CW

DEMODULATOR detects the presence of rf oscillations and converts them into a

recognizable

43

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 44: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

FM DEMODULATION-

In fm demodulators the intelligence to be recovered is not in amplitude variations it is in the

variation of the instantaneous frequency of the carrier either above or below the center

frequency The 3-11 detecting device must be constructed so that its output amplitude will

vary linearly according to the

instantaneous frequency of the incoming signal whereas in PM the instantaneous phase is

varied with the message signal

44

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 45: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

ANTENNA-

Extremely important factor for good work of simple radio receivers is the outside antenna

that has to beNlong enough and in which voltages induced by the radio transmitters will be

high enough At first sight one can think of using instead some modest antenna made of a

piece of wire compensating that with supplying the receiver with amplifier strong enough to

give the end result as if much better antenna have been used That of course is not the case

since every amplifier creates noise that makes the reception worse if not impossible This

fact is the cause for a radio-amateur saying that Antenna is the best HF amplifier The

external (outside) antenna is being made of copper wire thick enough to resist strong wind

conditions In the sense of mechanical strength the best thing is to use the litz wire (cable)

Antennas demonstratea property known as reciprocity

Test Proposal Test Case

_ VSWR Test

45

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 46: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

_ Frequency Band Test

_ Isolation between port Test

_ Direct Ground Test

Test Proposal

bull TEST CASE Huawei to submit test case for VT

bull UNDERTAKING Huawei to give undertaking where test is not possible

bull LAB TEST REPORT Huawei to give lab test reports for test which are not possible in

field

POWER SUPPLY-

46

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 47: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

There are four types of power supply which are used in transmitter section These are as follows

i) Filament Supply

ii) Bias supply

iii) Plate Voltage Supply

iv) Screen Grid Voltage Supply

i) Fillament Supply-

This supply for 1 KW PA (BEL 4000 Ix) is derived from a three phase full wave

rectifier using silicon rectifier The rectifier is followed by a single section LC filter for the

reduction of ripples The filament transformer is of the leakage type so as to limit the

starting current drawn by the valve filament under initial switching condition The

transformer is provided with tapes to adjust the filament voltage precisely to the rated value

ii) Bias Power Supply

This supply feeds the grid of 1 KW valve stage It consist of 2 independent

sections of Dc power supply with a common ac input The first section can deliver on OP

adjustable voltage between-50V to -80V dc while the second section can deliver in OP

adjustable voltage between-80V to -120V dC each section has the capacity to supply current

of 200 mA and operates at an ac input voltage 200 V single phase supply During normal

operation the first section only is used The second section is used as stand by in event of

failure of the first section

iii) Screen Grid Power Supply

This provides a regulated output at 1000V dc A constant voltage transformer (CVT)

Tl feeds a constant ac voltage through the magnetic amplifier The OP voltage can be

47

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 48: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

adjusted by changing the taps of the CVT The screen voltages set between 700 V to 750 V

amp the screen dissipation is limited to 100 W

+ 28V SMPS

The +28V SMPS unit consists of two separate 28V modules Each module feeds one

80W power amplifier amp the corresponding dual driver section Remote sensing amp TTL

ONOFF facilities for each module are provided

CONCLUSIONS

48

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49

Page 49: All india radio,alwar

ALWAR INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ampTECHNOLOGY

Akashvani Alwar is a broadcasting and production type of organization It basically deals with the broadcasting of channels like DD National DD News and regional channels

It is a free of cost service In villages where cable connection and other modes of entertainments are not present Doordarshan is the only mode of entertainment and through this they get connected to the outside world and stay updated

The programmes are produced in Delhi but some regional programmes are produced in DDK Alwar These are entertainment knowledge adding health related and general awareness and programmes on heritage and culture

To be in touch with new generation with not forgiving the heritage and culture Doordarshan is the best way Actually Doordarshan is covering all most 75 of whole over India and as it is free of cost in these aspects it is No1 service provider

Service quality provided by Doordarshan is simply appreciable They are now providing HD signals And you know that the Asian games recording are recorded in HD format Equipments and machines they are using are high-tech more than 10000 employees are there in Doordarshan all over India And the technical and non-technical both staffs are perfectly trained in their respected field

49